|
Saturday January 18, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Athletic Field Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squids (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Watercolor Painting - Watercolor Painting
In this class, we will focus on getting comfortable with watercolor painting skills and techniques and enjoy the process of painting. The basics of materials, tools, techniques and color will be explored with demonstrations. Join us to learn tips and tricks in watercolors and creating your own masterpieces. Skill level- beginner to intermediate. Students provide their own supplies; a list of supplies will be sent.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squids (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squids (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday January 22, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Athletic Field Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 2:30 PM
|
Public Works Ball Diamond Training
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pickleball Lessons - City of Los Alamitos
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Learn and Grow PlayGroup - Learn and Grow Playgroup
Come join as we meet new friends, share ideas to foster positive parenting, and all the while sharing some smiles. Children will engage in various activities including movement, literature, music, and crafts that will heighten their development in social, cognitive, fine, and gross motor skills. Parent participation is required. Please do not bring unregistered siblings.$5.00 materials fee.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Shaping it up with ABCs and 123s - Shaping It Up with ABC's and 123's
Come join us as we explore our world of numbers, shapes, and letters. Class will target classification, counting, numbers, letters, colors, shapes, socialization, music, movement, crafts, and prepare children for school readiness. Parent participation is required. Please do not bring unregistered siblings.$5.00 materials fee.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 5:15 PM
|
St. Hedwigs Pony Baseball
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Full STEM Ahead - Full STEM Ahead
Explore elements of Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics in this fun and interactive STEM class. Students will learn fundamental concepts of all branches of science while also challenging themselves with hands-on projects and experiments.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Los Alamitos Tennis Program
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday January 25, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Athletic Field Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 3:30 PM
|
Hold for Party Package- Jennie Guzman
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squids (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
8-Sport Multi-Sport with Sportball - 8-Sport Multi-Sport with Sportball
Sportball Multi-sport is a dynamic sports program that focuses on skill development in a different sport each class (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, tennis, hockey, golf, and baseball). Classes apply developmentally appropriate methodology to introduce, practice, and refine motor skills, progress sports skills, reinforce the benefits of teamwork and prepare your athlete for a future of confident sports participation.Parent participation required for 2-3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Watercolor Painting - Watercolor Painting
In this class, we will focus on getting comfortable with watercolor painting skills and techniques and enjoy the process of painting. The basics of materials, tools, techniques and color will be explored with demonstrations. Join us to learn tips and tricks in watercolors and creating your own masterpieces. Skill level- beginner to intermediate. Students provide their own supplies; a list of supplies will be sent.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
CPR & AED Training for Adults, Children & Infants - CPR & AED Training for Adults, Children & Infants
This class teaches both the average person & professional how to initially respond to a cardiac/respiratory arrest. Students will learn CPR for all ages (adults, children, & infants), use of an AED and techniques for relief of choking. Students will receive an American Heart Association certification card via email upon successful completion of the class.*Material Fee: $20
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squids (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:50 AM - 11:35 AM
|
Parent and Child Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball - Parent and Child Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball
Join us as we dive into two of the most loved sports, baseball and soccer. We will introduce your young athlete to the basics of both sports through imagination skill-based games, that will constantly be improving cognitive and social skills, and most importantly learning to work together as a team. The first part of the session focuses on soccer skills such as passing, throw-ins, dribbling and goalie skills and non-competitive game play. Midway through the season we switch to baseball skills such as throwing, catching, batting, running bases and fielding before playing an actual game. Parent participation is required for ages 2-3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squids (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:40 AM - 12:25 PM
|
Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball - Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball
Join us as we dive into two of the most loved sports, baseball and soccer. We will introduce your young athlete to the basics of both sports through imagination skill-based games, that will constantly be improving cognitive and social skills, and most importantly learning to work together as a a team. The first part of the session focuses on soccer skills such as passing, throw-ins, dribbling and goalie skills and non-competitive game play. Midway through the season we switch to baseball skills such as throwing, catching, batting, running bases and fielding before playing an actual game.Parent Participation Required for 2 - 3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 11:59 PM
|
Charlene Cailao - Community Center Large Room 4pm - 12am
|
|
|
|
|
Monday January 27, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Athletic Field Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Watercolor Painting - Watercolor Painting
In this class, we will focus on getting comfortable with watercolor painting skills and techniques and enjoy the process of painting. The basics of materials, tools, techniques and color will be explored with demonstrations. Join us to learn tips and tricks in watercolors and creating your own masterpieces. Skill level- beginner to intermediate. Students provide their own supplies; a list of supplies will be sent.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Stretch and Strength - Stretch and Strength
Come join us as we move and build strength and endurance to some fun and groovy music. We will start off with a good morning stretch and get the blood flowing with light low impact movements. The main focus of this class will be strengthening the upper body. The health benefits of movement and light weight training is essential and vital during older adulthood. Grab your friends and let's get moving!Spaces are limited. Max. 20 participantsMaterials: Bring water and wear comfortable clothing.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
Serve Los Al Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 5:15 PM
|
St. Hedwigs Pony Baseball
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Los Alamitos Tennis Program
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday January 29, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Athletic Field Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pickleball Lessons - City of Los Alamitos
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Learn and Grow PlayGroup - Learn and Grow Playgroup
Come join as we meet new friends, share ideas to foster positive parenting, and all the while sharing some smiles. Children will engage in various activities including movement, literature, music, and crafts that will heighten their development in social, cognitive, fine, and gross motor skills. Parent participation is required. Please do not bring unregistered siblings.$5.00 materials fee.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Shaping it up with ABCs and 123s - Shaping It Up with ABC's and 123's
Come join us as we explore our world of numbers, shapes, and letters. Class will target classification, counting, numbers, letters, colors, shapes, socialization, music, movement, crafts, and prepare children for school readiness. Parent participation is required. Please do not bring unregistered siblings.$5.00 materials fee.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Older Adult Educational Presentations - Medications to Manage Type 2 Diabetes
The City of Los Alamitos Recreation and Community Services Department will be hosting free, monthly educational workshops on a variety of topics catered to the aging adult. We welcome you to bring a friend and take advantage of these amazing resources!
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 4:30 PM
|
Adaptive Recreation -Monthly Meetups - January Meet-Up: Lunar New Year Craft Night
Join Recreation Staff as they lead monthly activities for participants requiring additional needs, i.e., support or accommodations due to physical, mental, or developmental challenges, and their families. Participants must be accompanied by an aide or parent/guardian. Monthly meet-ups are free, open to all ages, and great networking opportunities for families.Please only register participants who need additional support or accommodations.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 5:15 PM
|
St. Hedwigs Pony Baseball
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Senior Advisory Committee Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Full STEM Ahead - Full STEM Ahead
Explore elements of Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics in this fun and interactive STEM class. Students will learn fundamental concepts of all branches of science while also challenging themselves with hands-on projects and experiments.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Los Alamitos Tennis Program
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday February 1, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Athletic Field Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squids (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
8-Sport Multi-Sport with Sportball - 8-Sport Multi-Sport with Sportball
Sportball Multi-sport is a dynamic sports program that focuses on skill development in a different sport each class (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, tennis, hockey, golf, and baseball). Classes apply developmentally appropriate methodology to introduce, practice, and refine motor skills, progress sports skills, reinforce the benefits of teamwork and prepare your athlete for a future of confident sports participation.Parent participation required for 2-3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Watercolor Painting - Watercolor Painting
In this class, we will focus on getting comfortable with watercolor painting skills and techniques and enjoy the process of painting. The basics of materials, tools, techniques and color will be explored with demonstrations. Join us to learn tips and tricks in watercolors and creating your own masterpieces. Skill level- beginner to intermediate. Students provide their own supplies; a list of supplies will be sent.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squids (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:50 AM - 11:35 AM
|
Parent and Child Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball - Parent and Child Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball
Join us as we dive into two of the most loved sports, baseball and soccer. We will introduce your young athlete to the basics of both sports through imagination skill-based games, that will constantly be improving cognitive and social skills, and most importantly learning to work together as a team. The first part of the session focuses on soccer skills such as passing, throw-ins, dribbling and goalie skills and non-competitive game play. Midway through the season we switch to baseball skills such as throwing, catching, batting, running bases and fielding before playing an actual game. Parent participation is required for ages 2-3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squids (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:40 AM - 12:25 PM
|
Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball - Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball
Join us as we dive into two of the most loved sports, baseball and soccer. We will introduce your young athlete to the basics of both sports through imagination skill-based games, that will constantly be improving cognitive and social skills, and most importantly learning to work together as a a team. The first part of the session focuses on soccer skills such as passing, throw-ins, dribbling and goalie skills and non-competitive game play. Midway through the season we switch to baseball skills such as throwing, catching, batting, running bases and fielding before playing an actual game.Parent Participation Required for 2 - 3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
Monday February 3, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Athletic Field Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Watercolor Painting - Watercolor Painting
In this class, we will focus on getting comfortable with watercolor painting skills and techniques and enjoy the process of painting. The basics of materials, tools, techniques and color will be explored with demonstrations. Join us to learn tips and tricks in watercolors and creating your own masterpieces. Skill level- beginner to intermediate. Students provide their own supplies; a list of supplies will be sent.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Stretch and Strength - Stretch and Strength
Come join us as we move and build strength and endurance to some fun and groovy music. We will start off with a good morning stretch and get the blood flowing with light low impact movements. The main focus of this class will be strengthening the upper body. The health benefits of movement and light weight training is essential and vital during older adulthood. Grab your friends and let's get moving!Spaces are limited. Max. 20 participantsMaterials: Bring water and wear comfortable clothing.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
St. Hedwigs Pony Baseball
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Los Alamitos Tennis Program
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday February 5, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Athletic Field Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pickleball Lessons - City of Los Alamitos
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Learn and Grow PlayGroup - Learn and Grow Playgroup
Come join as we meet new friends, share ideas to foster positive parenting, and all the while sharing some smiles. Children will engage in various activities including movement, literature, music, and crafts that will heighten their development in social, cognitive, fine, and gross motor skills. Parent participation is required. Please do not bring unregistered siblings.$5.00 materials fee.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:15 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Shaping it up with ABCs and 123s - Shaping It Up with ABC's and 123's
Come join us as we explore our world of numbers, shapes, and letters. Class will target classification, counting, numbers, letters, colors, shapes, socialization, music, movement, crafts, and prepare children for school readiness. Parent participation is required. Please do not bring unregistered siblings.$5.00 materials fee.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Older Adult Educational Presentations - Gut Health and Brain Health
The City of Los Alamitos Recreation and Community Services Department will be hosting free, monthly educational workshops on a variety of topics catered to the aging adult. We welcome you to bring a friend and take advantage of these amazing resources!
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Senior Social Hour - BUNCO Monthly 1st Wednesday's from 1:00 PM - 3:30 PM (MEDIUM ROOM ONLY)
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
St. Hedwigs Pony Baseball
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Full STEM Ahead - Full STEM Ahead
Explore elements of Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics in this fun and interactive STEM class. Students will learn fundamental concepts of all branches of science while also challenging themselves with hands-on projects and experiments.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Los Alamitos Tennis Program
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday February 8, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
PW Turf Rehab
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Athletic Field Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squids (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
8-Sport Multi-Sport with Sportball - 8-Sport Multi-Sport with Sportball
Sportball Multi-sport is a dynamic sports program that focuses on skill development in a different sport each class (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, tennis, hockey, golf, and baseball). Classes apply developmentally appropriate methodology to introduce, practice, and refine motor skills, progress sports skills, reinforce the benefits of teamwork and prepare your athlete for a future of confident sports participation.Parent participation required for 2-3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
CPR & AED Training for Adults, Children & Infants - CPR & AED Training for Adults, Children & Infants
This class teaches both the average person & professional how to initially respond to a cardiac/respiratory arrest. Students will learn CPR for all ages (adults, children, & infants), use of an AED and techniques for relief of choking. Students will receive an American Heart Association certification card via email upon successful completion of the class.*Material Fee: $20
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squids (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:50 AM - 11:35 AM
|
Parent and Child Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball - Parent and Child Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball
Join us as we dive into two of the most loved sports, baseball and soccer. We will introduce your young athlete to the basics of both sports through imagination skill-based games, that will constantly be improving cognitive and social skills, and most importantly learning to work together as a team. The first part of the session focuses on soccer skills such as passing, throw-ins, dribbling and goalie skills and non-competitive game play. Midway through the season we switch to baseball skills such as throwing, catching, batting, running bases and fielding before playing an actual game. Parent participation is required for ages 2-3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tot 1) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squids (Level 2) - Sat
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There are three 4-week sessions offered during the Fall and two 4-week sessions offered in the Winter. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:40 AM - 12:25 PM
|
Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball - Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball
Join us as we dive into two of the most loved sports, baseball and soccer. We will introduce your young athlete to the basics of both sports through imagination skill-based games, that will constantly be improving cognitive and social skills, and most importantly learning to work together as a a team. The first part of the session focuses on soccer skills such as passing, throw-ins, dribbling and goalie skills and non-competitive game play. Midway through the season we switch to baseball skills such as throwing, catching, batting, running bases and fielding before playing an actual game.Parent Participation Required for 2 - 3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Marisa Maldonado - Medium Room (12pm - 5pm)
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Emily Terrell - Small Room 2pm - 6pm
|
|
|
|